1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CGValue.h" 19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 23 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 24 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 25 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 26 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 27 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 28 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 29 30 using namespace clang; 31 using namespace CodeGen; 32 33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 34 llvm::Value *Array, 35 llvm::Value *Value, 36 unsigned FirstIndex, 37 unsigned LastIndex) { 38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 40 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I); 41 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); 42 } 43 } 44 45 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 46 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 47 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 48 } 49 50 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 51 52 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 53 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 54 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 55 if (!RD) 56 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 57 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 58 } 59 60 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 61 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 62 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 63 if (!RT) 64 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 65 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 66 } 67 68 /// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema 69 /// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type". 70 static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) { 71 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) { 72 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 73 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 74 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union"); 75 return UD->field_begin()->getType(); 76 } 77 } 78 return Ty; 79 } 80 81 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 82 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 83 } 84 85 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 86 return CGT.getContext(); 87 } 88 89 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 90 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 91 } 92 93 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 94 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 95 } 96 97 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 98 return CGT.getTarget(); 99 } 100 101 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 102 return false; 103 } 104 105 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 106 uint64_t Members) const { 107 return false; 108 } 109 110 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 111 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 112 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 113 switch (TheKind) { 114 case Direct: 115 OS << "Direct Type="; 116 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 117 Ty->print(OS); 118 else 119 OS << "null"; 120 break; 121 case Extend: 122 OS << "Extend"; 123 break; 124 case Ignore: 125 OS << "Ignore"; 126 break; 127 case InAlloca: 128 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 129 break; 130 case Indirect: 131 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() 132 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 133 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 134 break; 135 case Expand: 136 OS << "Expand"; 137 break; 138 } 139 OS << ")\n"; 140 } 141 142 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 143 144 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 145 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 146 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 147 // Verified for: 148 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 149 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 150 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 151 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 152 // AArch64 Linux 153 return 32; 154 } 155 156 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 157 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 158 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 159 // x86_stdcall 160 // MIPS 161 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 162 return false; 163 } 164 165 void 166 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 167 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 168 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 169 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 170 // dynamic. 171 Opt = "-l"; 172 Opt += Lib; 173 } 174 175 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 176 177 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 178 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 179 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 180 bool AllowArrays) { 181 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 182 return true; 183 184 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 185 186 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 187 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 188 if (AllowArrays) 189 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 190 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 191 return true; 192 FT = AT->getElementType(); 193 } 194 195 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 196 if (!RT) 197 return false; 198 199 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 200 // 201 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 202 // current ABI. 203 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 204 return false; 205 206 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 207 } 208 209 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 210 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 211 /// considered empty. 212 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 213 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 214 if (!RT) 215 return 0; 216 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 217 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 218 return false; 219 220 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 221 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 222 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 223 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 224 return false; 225 226 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 227 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 228 return false; 229 return true; 230 } 231 232 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 233 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 234 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 235 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 236 /// considered single element structs. 237 /// 238 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 239 /// it exists. 240 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 241 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType(); 242 if (!RT) 243 return nullptr; 244 245 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 246 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 247 return nullptr; 248 249 const Type *Found = nullptr; 250 251 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 252 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 253 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 254 // Ignore empty records. 255 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 256 continue; 257 258 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 259 if (Found) 260 return nullptr; 261 262 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 263 // cannot be a single element struct. 264 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 265 if (!Found) 266 return nullptr; 267 } 268 } 269 270 // Check for single element. 271 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 272 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 273 274 // Ignore empty fields. 275 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 276 continue; 277 278 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 279 // struct. 280 if (Found) 281 return nullptr; 282 283 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 284 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 285 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 286 break; 287 FT = AT->getElementType(); 288 } 289 290 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 291 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 292 } else { 293 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 294 if (!Found) 295 return nullptr; 296 } 297 } 298 299 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 300 // padding beyond the element type. 301 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 302 return nullptr; 303 304 return Found; 305 } 306 307 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 308 // Treat complex types as the element type. 309 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 310 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 311 312 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 313 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 314 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 315 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 316 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 317 return false; 318 319 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 320 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 321 } 322 323 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 324 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 325 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 326 /// inhibiting optimizations. 327 /// 328 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 329 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 330 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 331 // capable of handling it. 332 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 333 // We can only expand structure types. 334 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 335 if (!RT) 336 return false; 337 338 // We can only expand (C) structures. 339 // 340 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 341 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 342 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 343 return false; 344 345 uint64_t Size = 0; 346 347 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 348 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 349 return false; 350 351 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 352 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 353 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 354 if (FD->isBitField()) 355 return false; 356 357 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 358 } 359 360 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 361 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 362 return false; 363 364 return true; 365 } 366 367 namespace { 368 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 369 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 370 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 371 /// conform to any particular ABI. 372 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 373 public: 374 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 375 376 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 377 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 378 379 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 380 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 381 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 382 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 383 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 384 } 385 386 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 387 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 388 }; 389 390 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 391 public: 392 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 393 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 394 }; 395 396 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 397 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 398 return nullptr; 399 } 400 401 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 402 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 403 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 404 405 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 406 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 407 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 408 409 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 410 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 411 } 412 413 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 414 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 415 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 416 417 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 418 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 419 420 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 421 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 422 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 423 424 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 425 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 426 } 427 428 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 429 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 430 // 431 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 432 // are always passed on the stack. 433 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 434 435 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 436 public: 437 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 438 439 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 440 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 441 442 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 443 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 444 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 445 }; 446 447 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 448 public: 449 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 450 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 451 }; 452 453 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 454 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 455 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 456 457 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 458 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 459 } 460 461 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 462 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 463 return nullptr; 464 } 465 466 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 467 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 468 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 469 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 470 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 471 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 472 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 473 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 474 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 475 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 476 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 477 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 478 } 479 480 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 481 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 482 } 483 484 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 485 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 486 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 487 488 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 489 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 490 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 491 492 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 493 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 494 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 495 496 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 497 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 498 } 499 500 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 501 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 502 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 503 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 504 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 505 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 506 } 507 508 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 509 StringRef Constraint, 510 llvm::Type* Ty) { 511 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 512 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 513 // Invalid MMX constraint 514 return nullptr; 515 } 516 517 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 518 } 519 520 // No operation needed 521 return Ty; 522 } 523 524 /// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the 525 /// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. 526 static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 527 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 528 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half) 529 return true; 530 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 531 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX 532 // registers specially. 533 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 534 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512) 535 return true; 536 } 537 return false; 538 } 539 540 /// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers 541 /// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. 542 static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) { 543 return NumMembers <= 4; 544 } 545 546 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 547 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 548 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 549 550 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 551 struct CCState { 552 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {} 553 554 unsigned CC; 555 unsigned FreeRegs; 556 unsigned FreeSSERegs; 557 }; 558 559 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 560 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 561 enum Class { 562 Integer, 563 Float 564 }; 565 566 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 567 568 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 569 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; 570 bool IsWin32StructABI; 571 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 572 573 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 574 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 575 } 576 577 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { 578 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 579 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); 580 } 581 582 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 583 uint64_t NumMembers) const override { 584 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 585 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); 586 } 587 588 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 589 590 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 591 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 592 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 593 594 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const; 595 596 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 597 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 598 599 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 600 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 601 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 602 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const; 603 604 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 605 /// inalloca. 606 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 607 608 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 609 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 610 QualType Type) const; 611 612 public: 613 614 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 615 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 616 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 617 618 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w, 619 unsigned r) 620 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), 621 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} 622 }; 623 624 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 625 public: 626 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 627 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r) 628 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {} 629 630 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 631 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 632 633 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 634 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 635 636 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 637 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 638 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 639 return 4; 640 } 641 642 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 643 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 644 645 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 646 StringRef Constraint, 647 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 648 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 649 } 650 651 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue, 652 std::string &Constraints, 653 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 654 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 655 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, 656 std::string &AsmString, 657 unsigned NumOutputs) const override; 658 659 llvm::Constant * 660 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 661 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 662 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 663 ('F' << 16) | 664 ('T' << 24); 665 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 666 } 667 668 bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override { 669 return true; 670 } 671 }; 672 673 } 674 675 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints. 676 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output, 677 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1: 678 /// mov $0, $1 679 /// mov eax, $1 680 /// The result will be: 681 /// mov $0, $2 682 /// mov eax, $2 683 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn, 684 unsigned NumNewOuts, 685 std::string &AsmString) { 686 std::string Buf; 687 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf); 688 size_t Pos = 0; 689 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) { 690 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos); 691 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos) 692 DollarStart = AsmString.size(); 693 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart); 694 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos) 695 DollarEnd = AsmString.size(); 696 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos); 697 Pos = DollarEnd; 698 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart; 699 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) { 700 // We have an operand reference. 701 size_t DigitStart = Pos; 702 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart); 703 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos) 704 DigitEnd = AsmString.size(); 705 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart); 706 unsigned OperandIndex; 707 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) { 708 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn) 709 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts; 710 OS << OperandIndex; 711 } else { 712 OS << OperandStr; 713 } 714 Pos = DigitEnd; 715 } 716 } 717 AsmString = std::move(OS.str()); 718 } 719 720 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers. 721 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs( 722 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints, 723 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 724 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 725 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString, 726 unsigned NumOutputs) const { 727 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType()); 728 729 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is 730 // larger. 731 if (!Constraints.empty()) 732 Constraints += ','; 733 if (RetWidth <= 32) { 734 Constraints += "={eax}"; 735 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty); 736 } else { 737 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX. 738 Constraints += "=A"; 739 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); 740 } 741 742 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size. 743 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth); 744 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy); 745 746 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer. 747 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(), 748 CoerceTy->getPointerTo())); 749 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot); 750 751 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString); 752 } 753 754 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 755 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). 756 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 757 ASTContext &Context) const { 758 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 759 760 // Type must be register sized. 761 if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) 762 return false; 763 764 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 765 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 766 // registers. 767 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 768 return false; 769 770 return true; 771 } 772 773 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 774 // member function pointer it is ok. 775 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 776 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 777 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 778 return true; 779 780 // Arrays are treated like records. 781 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 782 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 783 784 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 785 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 786 if (!RT) return false; 787 788 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 789 790 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 791 // passed in a register. 792 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 793 // Empty fields are ignored. 794 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 795 continue; 796 797 // Check fields recursively. 798 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 799 return false; 800 } 801 return true; 802 } 803 804 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const { 805 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 806 // integer register. 807 if (State.FreeRegs) { 808 --State.FreeRegs; 809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 810 } 811 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 812 } 813 814 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { 815 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 816 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 817 818 const Type *Base = nullptr; 819 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 820 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && 821 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) { 822 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly. 823 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 824 } 825 826 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 827 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 828 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 829 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 830 831 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 832 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 833 // backend will like. 834 if (Size == 128) 835 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 836 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 837 838 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 839 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 840 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 841 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 842 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 843 Size)); 844 845 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 846 } 847 848 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 849 } 850 851 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 852 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 853 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 854 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 855 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 856 } 857 858 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 859 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 860 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 861 862 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 863 // in a register. 864 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 865 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 866 867 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 868 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 869 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 870 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 871 // quality of the generated IR. 872 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 873 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 874 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 875 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 876 877 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 878 // padding. 879 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 880 } 881 882 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 883 } 884 885 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 886 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 887 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 888 889 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 890 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 891 } 892 893 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 894 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 895 } 896 897 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 898 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 899 if (!RT) 900 return 0; 901 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 902 903 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 904 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 905 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 906 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 907 return false; 908 909 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 910 QualType FT = i->getType(); 911 912 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 913 return true; 914 915 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 916 return true; 917 } 918 919 return false; 920 } 921 922 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 923 unsigned Align) const { 924 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 925 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 926 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 927 return 0; // Use default alignment. 928 929 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 930 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 931 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 932 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 933 } 934 935 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 936 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 937 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 938 return 16; 939 940 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 941 } 942 943 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 944 CCState &State) const { 945 if (!ByVal) { 946 if (State.FreeRegs) { 947 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 948 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false); 949 } 950 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); 951 } 952 953 // Compute the byval alignment. 954 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 955 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 956 if (StackAlign == 0) 957 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true); 958 959 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 960 // argument. 961 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 962 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 963 } 964 965 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 966 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 967 if (!T) 968 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 969 970 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 971 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 972 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 973 return Float; 974 } 975 return Integer; 976 } 977 978 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 979 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 980 NeedsPadding = false; 981 Class C = classify(Ty); 982 if (C == Float) 983 return false; 984 985 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 986 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 987 988 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 989 return false; 990 991 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 992 State.FreeRegs = 0; 993 return false; 994 } 995 996 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 997 998 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 999 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 1000 if (Size > 32) 1001 return false; 1002 1003 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 1004 return true; 1005 1006 if (Ty->isPointerType()) 1007 return true; 1008 1009 if (Ty->isReferenceType()) 1010 return true; 1011 1012 if (State.FreeRegs) 1013 NeedsPadding = true; 1014 1015 return false; 1016 } 1017 1018 return true; 1019 } 1020 1021 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1022 CCState &State) const { 1023 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 1024 1025 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 1026 1027 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 1028 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 1029 if (RT) { 1030 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 1031 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 1032 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 1033 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 1034 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 1035 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 1036 } 1037 } 1038 1039 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar 1040 // to other targets. 1041 const Type *Base = nullptr; 1042 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 1043 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && 1044 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { 1045 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { 1046 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; 1047 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) 1048 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1049 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 1050 } 1051 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State); 1052 } 1053 1054 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1055 if (RT) { 1056 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 1057 if (IsWin32StructABI) 1058 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1059 1060 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 1061 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1062 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1063 } 1064 1065 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 1066 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 1067 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 1068 1069 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 1070 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 1071 bool NeedsPadding; 1072 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) { 1073 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 1074 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 1075 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 1076 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 1077 } 1078 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 1079 1080 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 1081 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 1082 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 1083 // optimizations. 1084 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 1085 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) 1086 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 1087 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 1088 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall, 1089 PaddingType); 1090 1091 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1092 } 1093 1094 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1095 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 1096 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 1097 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1098 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1099 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 1100 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 1101 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1102 Size)); 1103 } 1104 1105 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 1106 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 1107 1108 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1109 } 1110 1111 1112 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1113 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1114 1115 bool NeedsPadding; 1116 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding); 1117 1118 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 1119 if (InReg) 1120 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 1121 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 1122 } 1123 if (InReg) 1124 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 1125 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1126 } 1127 1128 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1129 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 1130 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 1131 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1132 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 1133 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1134 State.FreeSSERegs = 6; 1135 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 1136 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 1137 else 1138 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 1139 1140 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 1141 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 1142 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 1143 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 1144 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 1145 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1146 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 1147 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 1148 } 1149 } 1150 1151 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register. 1152 if (FI.isChainCall()) 1153 ++State.FreeRegs; 1154 1155 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 1156 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 1157 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 1158 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 1159 } 1160 1161 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 1162 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 1163 if (UsedInAlloca) 1164 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 1165 } 1166 1167 void 1168 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 1169 unsigned &StackOffset, 1170 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const { 1171 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 1172 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 1173 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 1174 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity(); 1175 1176 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4 1177 // byte aligned. 1178 if (StackOffset % 4U) { 1179 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset; 1180 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U); 1181 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset; 1182 assert(NumBytes); 1183 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1184 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes); 1185 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1186 } 1187 } 1188 1189 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) { 1190 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1191 switch (Info.getKind()) { 1192 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 1193 return true; 1194 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1195 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal()); 1196 return true; 1197 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1198 return false; 1199 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1200 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1201 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 1202 if (Info.getInReg()) 1203 return false; 1204 return true; 1205 } 1206 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum"); 1207 } 1208 1209 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1210 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1211 1212 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1213 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1214 1215 unsigned StackOffset = 0; 1216 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1217 1218 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary. 1219 bool IsThisCall = 1220 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall; 1221 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1222 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall && 1223 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) { 1224 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1225 ++I; 1226 } 1227 1228 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1229 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1230 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1231 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1232 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1233 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1234 } 1235 1236 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1237 if (IsThisCall) 1238 ++I; 1239 1240 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1241 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1242 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info)) 1243 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1244 } 1245 1246 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1247 /*isPacked=*/true)); 1248 } 1249 1250 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1251 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 1252 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 1253 1254 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1255 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 1256 "ap"); 1257 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 1258 1259 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned 1260 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 1261 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); 1262 Align = std::max(Align, 4U); 1263 if (Align > 4) { 1264 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; 1265 llvm::Value *Offset = 1266 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 1267 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 1268 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, 1269 CGF.Int32Ty); 1270 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); 1271 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 1272 Addr->getType(), 1273 "ap.cur.aligned"); 1274 } 1275 1276 llvm::Type *PTy = 1277 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 1278 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 1279 1280 uint64_t Offset = 1281 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); 1282 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 1283 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 1284 "ap.next"); 1285 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 1286 1287 return AddrTyped; 1288 } 1289 1290 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1291 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1292 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1293 1294 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1295 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1296 break; 1297 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1298 return false; 1299 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1300 return true; 1301 } 1302 1303 if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) 1304 return true; 1305 1306 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1307 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1308 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1309 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1310 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1311 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1312 return true; 1313 default: 1314 return false; 1315 } 1316 } 1317 1318 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1319 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1320 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1321 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1322 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1323 // Get the LLVM function. 1324 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1325 1326 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1327 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1328 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1329 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1330 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1331 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1332 B)); 1333 } 1334 } 1335 } 1336 1337 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1338 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1339 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1340 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1341 1342 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1343 1344 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1345 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1346 // 8 is %eip. 1347 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1348 1349 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1350 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1351 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1352 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1353 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1354 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1355 1356 } else { 1357 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1358 // reason. 1359 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9)); 1360 1361 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1362 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1363 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1364 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1365 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1366 } 1367 1368 return false; 1369 } 1370 1371 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1372 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1373 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1374 1375 1376 namespace { 1377 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1378 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1379 enum Class { 1380 Integer = 0, 1381 SSE, 1382 SSEUp, 1383 X87, 1384 X87Up, 1385 ComplexX87, 1386 NoClass, 1387 Memory 1388 }; 1389 1390 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1391 /// 1392 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1393 /// classification \arg Field. 1394 /// 1395 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1396 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1397 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1398 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1399 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1400 1401 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1402 /// 1403 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1404 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1405 /// 1406 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1407 /// the classification process. 1408 /// 1409 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1410 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1411 /// 1412 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1413 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1414 /// 1415 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1416 1417 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1418 /// given type T should be passed. 1419 /// 1420 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1421 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1422 /// 1423 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1424 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1425 /// 1426 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1427 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1428 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1429 /// 1430 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1431 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1432 /// 1433 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1434 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1435 /// will be Memory. 1436 /// 1437 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1438 /// 1439 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1440 /// also be ComplexX87. 1441 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1442 bool isNamedArg) const; 1443 1444 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1445 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1446 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1447 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1448 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1449 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1450 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1451 1452 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1453 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1454 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1455 1456 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1457 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1458 /// 1459 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1460 /// available. 1461 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1462 1463 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1464 1465 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1466 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1467 unsigned &neededInt, 1468 unsigned &neededSSE, 1469 bool isNamedArg) const; 1470 1471 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1472 1473 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1474 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1475 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1476 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1477 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1478 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1479 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1480 } 1481 1482 bool HasAVX; 1483 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1484 // 64-bit hardware. 1485 bool Has64BitPointers; 1486 1487 public: 1488 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) : 1489 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx), 1490 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1491 } 1492 1493 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1494 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1495 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1496 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1497 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1498 if (info.isDirect()) { 1499 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1500 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1501 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1502 } 1503 return false; 1504 } 1505 1506 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1507 1508 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1509 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1510 1511 bool has64BitPointers() const { 1512 return Has64BitPointers; 1513 } 1514 }; 1515 1516 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1517 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1518 1519 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, 1520 bool IsReturnType) const; 1521 1522 public: 1523 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 1524 1525 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1526 1527 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1528 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1529 1530 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { 1531 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 1532 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); 1533 } 1534 1535 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 1536 uint64_t NumMembers) const override { 1537 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 1538 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); 1539 } 1540 }; 1541 1542 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1543 bool HasAVX; 1544 public: 1545 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1546 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {} 1547 1548 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1549 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1550 } 1551 1552 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1553 return 7; 1554 } 1555 1556 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1557 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1558 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1559 1560 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1561 // 16 is %rip. 1562 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1563 return false; 1564 } 1565 1566 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1567 StringRef Constraint, 1568 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1569 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1570 } 1571 1572 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1573 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1574 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1575 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1576 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1577 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1578 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1579 // defines varargs anyway. 1580 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1581 bool HasAVXType = false; 1582 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1583 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1584 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1585 HasAVXType = true; 1586 break; 1587 } 1588 } 1589 1590 if (!HasAVXType) 1591 return true; 1592 } 1593 1594 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1595 } 1596 1597 llvm::Constant * 1598 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1599 unsigned Sig; 1600 if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers()) 1601 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1602 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1603 ('F' << 16) | 1604 ('T' << 24); 1605 else 1606 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1607 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 1608 ('F' << 16) | 1609 ('T' << 24); 1610 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1611 } 1612 1613 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1614 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 1615 } 1616 1617 bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override { 1618 return true; 1619 } 1620 }; 1621 1622 class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo { 1623 public: 1624 PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1625 : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {} 1626 1627 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1628 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 1629 Opt = "\01"; 1630 Opt += Lib; 1631 } 1632 }; 1633 1634 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1635 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. 1636 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes. 1637 // This matches the behavior of MSVC. 1638 bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos); 1639 std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : ""; 1640 ArgStr += Lib; 1641 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1642 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1643 ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : ""; 1644 return ArgStr; 1645 } 1646 1647 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1648 public: 1649 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1650 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms) 1651 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {} 1652 1653 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1654 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 1655 1656 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1657 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1658 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1659 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1660 } 1661 1662 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1663 llvm::StringRef Value, 1664 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1665 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1666 } 1667 }; 1668 1669 static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, 1670 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1671 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) { 1672 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1673 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) { 1674 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1675 1676 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize)); 1677 } 1678 } 1679 } 1680 1681 void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1682 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1683 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1684 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); 1685 1686 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); 1687 } 1688 1689 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1690 bool HasAVX; 1691 public: 1692 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1693 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {} 1694 1695 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1696 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 1697 1698 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1699 return 7; 1700 } 1701 1702 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1703 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1704 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1705 1706 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1707 // 16 is %rip. 1708 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1709 return false; 1710 } 1711 1712 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1713 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1714 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1715 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1716 } 1717 1718 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1719 llvm::StringRef Value, 1720 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1721 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1722 } 1723 1724 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1725 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 1726 } 1727 }; 1728 1729 void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1730 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1731 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1732 TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); 1733 1734 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); 1735 } 1736 } 1737 1738 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 1739 Class &Hi) const { 1740 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 1741 // 1742 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 1743 // memory. 1744 // 1745 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 1746 // memory. 1747 // 1748 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 1749 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 1750 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 1751 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 1752 // 1753 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 1754 // 1755 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 1756 // only with unions; for example: 1757 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 1758 // 1759 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 1760 // 1761 if (Hi == Memory) 1762 Lo = Memory; 1763 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 1764 Lo = Memory; 1765 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 1766 Lo = Memory; 1767 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 1768 Hi = SSE; 1769 } 1770 1771 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 1772 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 1773 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 1774 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 1775 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 1776 // 1777 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 1778 // 1779 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 1780 // the other class. 1781 // 1782 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 1783 // class. 1784 // 1785 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 1786 // INTEGER. 1787 // 1788 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 1789 // MEMORY is used as class. 1790 // 1791 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 1792 1793 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 1794 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 1795 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 1796 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 1797 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 1798 return Accum; 1799 if (Field == Memory) 1800 return Memory; 1801 if (Accum == NoClass) 1802 return Field; 1803 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 1804 return Integer; 1805 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 1806 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 1807 return Memory; 1808 return SSE; 1809 } 1810 1811 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 1812 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 1813 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 1814 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 1815 // situations. 1816 1817 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 1818 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 1819 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 1820 1821 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 1822 1823 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 1824 Current = Memory; 1825 1826 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1827 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 1828 1829 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 1830 Current = NoClass; 1831 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 1832 Lo = Integer; 1833 Hi = Integer; 1834 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 1835 Current = Integer; 1836 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) || 1837 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble && 1838 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) { 1839 Current = SSE; 1840 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 1841 Lo = X87; 1842 Hi = X87Up; 1843 } 1844 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 1845 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 1846 return; 1847 } 1848 1849 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 1850 // Classify the underlying integer type. 1851 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 1852 return; 1853 } 1854 1855 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 1856 Current = Integer; 1857 return; 1858 } 1859 1860 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 1861 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 1862 if (Has64BitPointers) { 1863 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both 1864 // Lo and Hi now. 1865 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1866 } else { 1867 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that 1868 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well. 1869 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1870 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64; 1871 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) { 1872 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1873 } else { 1874 Current = Integer; 1875 } 1876 } 1877 } else { 1878 Current = Integer; 1879 } 1880 return; 1881 } 1882 1883 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1884 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 1885 if (Size == 32) { 1886 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x 1887 // float> as integer. 1888 Current = Integer; 1889 1890 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1891 // split. 1892 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1893 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 1894 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1895 Hi = Lo; 1896 } else if (Size == 64) { 1897 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 1898 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 1899 return; 1900 1901 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 1902 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1903 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 1904 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 1905 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 1906 Current = Integer; 1907 else 1908 Current = SSE; 1909 1910 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1911 // split. 1912 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 1913 Hi = Lo; 1914 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) { 1915 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 1916 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 1917 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 1918 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 1919 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 1920 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 1921 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 1922 // 1923 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 1924 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 1925 // variadic function. 1926 Lo = SSE; 1927 Hi = SSEUp; 1928 } 1929 return; 1930 } 1931 1932 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 1933 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 1934 1935 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1936 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 1937 if (Size <= 64) 1938 Current = Integer; 1939 else if (Size <= 128) 1940 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1941 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) 1942 Current = SSE; 1943 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy || 1944 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy && 1945 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) 1946 Lo = Hi = SSE; 1947 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) 1948 Current = ComplexX87; 1949 1950 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 1951 // should be split. 1952 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1953 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 1954 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1955 Hi = Lo; 1956 1957 return; 1958 } 1959 1960 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1961 // Arrays are treated like structures. 1962 1963 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1964 1965 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1966 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1967 if (Size > 256) 1968 return; 1969 1970 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 1971 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 1972 // 1973 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 1974 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 1975 return; 1976 1977 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 1978 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 1979 Current = NoClass; 1980 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1981 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1982 1983 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 1984 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1985 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1986 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 1987 return; 1988 1989 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 1990 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1991 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1992 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1993 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1994 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1995 break; 1996 } 1997 1998 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1999 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 2000 return; 2001 } 2002 2003 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2004 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2005 2006 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 2007 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 2008 if (Size > 256) 2009 return; 2010 2011 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 2012 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 2013 // reference. 2014 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2015 return; 2016 2017 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2018 2019 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 2020 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2021 return; 2022 2023 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2024 2025 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 2026 Current = NoClass; 2027 2028 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 2029 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2030 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2031 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2032 "Unexpected base class!"); 2033 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2034 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2035 2036 // Classify this field. 2037 // 2038 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 2039 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 2040 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 2041 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 2042 uint64_t Offset = 2043 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2044 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 2045 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 2046 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 2047 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 2048 break; 2049 } 2050 } 2051 2052 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 2053 unsigned idx = 0; 2054 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2055 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2056 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2057 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 2058 2059 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 2060 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 2061 // 2062 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 2063 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 2064 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 2065 // 2066 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 2067 Lo = Memory; 2068 return; 2069 } 2070 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 2071 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 2072 Lo = Memory; 2073 return; 2074 } 2075 2076 // Classify this field. 2077 // 2078 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 2079 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 2080 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 2081 // NO_CLASS. 2082 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 2083 2084 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 2085 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 2086 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 2087 if (BitField) { 2088 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 2089 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 2090 continue; 2091 2092 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2093 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 2094 2095 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 2096 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 2097 2098 if (EB_Lo) { 2099 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 2100 FieldLo = NoClass; 2101 FieldHi = Integer; 2102 } else { 2103 FieldLo = Integer; 2104 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 2105 } 2106 } else 2107 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 2108 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 2109 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 2110 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 2111 break; 2112 } 2113 2114 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 2115 } 2116 } 2117 2118 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 2119 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 2120 // place naturally. 2121 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 2122 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2123 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2124 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2125 2126 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 2127 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 2128 } 2129 2130 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 2131 } 2132 2133 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2134 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 2135 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 2136 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128; 2137 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 2138 return true; 2139 } 2140 2141 return false; 2142 } 2143 2144 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 2145 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 2146 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 2147 // place naturally. 2148 // 2149 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 2150 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 2151 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 2152 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 2153 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 2154 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 2155 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2156 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2157 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2158 2159 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 2160 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 2161 } 2162 2163 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 2164 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2165 2166 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 2167 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 2168 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 2169 2170 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 2171 // is important for good codegen. 2172 // 2173 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 2174 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 2175 // 2176 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 2177 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 2178 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 2179 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 2180 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 2181 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 2182 // might be inreg. 2183 // 2184 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 2185 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 2186 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 2187 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 2188 // 2189 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 2190 // attributes. See PR12193. 2191 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 2192 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2193 2194 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 2195 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 2196 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 2197 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2198 Size)); 2199 } 2200 2201 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); 2202 } 2203 2204 /// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM 2205 /// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register. 2206 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2207 // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like 2208 // vectors; strip them off if present. 2209 if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext())) 2210 Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0); 2211 2212 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2213 2214 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it. 2215 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){ 2216 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType(); 2217 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth(); 2218 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) && 2219 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() || 2220 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) || 2221 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) || 2222 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128))) 2223 return VT; 2224 } 2225 2226 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2227 } 2228 2229 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 2230 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 2231 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 2232 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 2233 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 2234 /// 2235 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 2236 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 2237 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 2238 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 2239 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 2240 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 2241 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 2242 if (TySize <= StartBit) 2243 return true; 2244 2245 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 2246 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 2247 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2248 2249 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 2250 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 2251 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 2252 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 2253 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 2254 2255 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 2256 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 2257 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 2258 return false; 2259 } 2260 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 2261 return true; 2262 } 2263 2264 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2265 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2266 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2267 2268 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 2269 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2270 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2271 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2272 "Unexpected base class!"); 2273 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2274 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2275 2276 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 2277 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2278 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 2279 2280 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 2281 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 2282 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2283 return false; 2284 } 2285 } 2286 2287 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2288 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2289 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2290 // much. 2291 unsigned idx = 0; 2292 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2293 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2294 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2295 2296 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2297 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2298 2299 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2300 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2301 Context)) 2302 return false; 2303 } 2304 2305 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2306 // clean. 2307 return true; 2308 } 2309 2310 return false; 2311 } 2312 2313 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2314 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2315 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2316 /// false. 2317 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2318 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2319 // Base case if we find a float. 2320 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2321 return true; 2322 2323 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2324 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2325 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2326 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2327 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2328 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2329 } 2330 2331 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2332 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2333 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2334 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2335 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2336 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2337 } 2338 2339 return false; 2340 } 2341 2342 2343 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2344 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2345 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2346 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2347 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2348 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2349 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2350 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2351 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2352 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2353 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2354 2355 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2356 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2357 // case. 2358 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2359 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2360 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2361 2362 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2363 } 2364 2365 2366 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2367 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2368 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2369 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2370 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2371 /// etc). 2372 /// 2373 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2374 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2375 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2376 /// 2377 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2378 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2379 /// 2380 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2381 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2382 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2383 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2384 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2385 if (IROffset == 0) { 2386 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2387 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2388 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2389 return IRType; 2390 2391 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2392 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2393 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2394 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2395 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2396 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2397 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2398 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2399 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2400 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2401 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2402 2403 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2404 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2405 return IRType; 2406 } 2407 } 2408 2409 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2410 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2411 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2412 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2413 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2414 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2415 2416 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2417 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2418 } 2419 } 2420 2421 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2422 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2423 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2424 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2425 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2426 SourceOffset); 2427 } 2428 2429 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2430 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2431 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2432 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2433 2434 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2435 2436 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2437 // isn't larger than the structure. 2438 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2439 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2440 } 2441 2442 2443 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2444 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2445 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2446 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2447 /// return {i32*, float}. 2448 static llvm::Type * 2449 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2450 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2451 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2452 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2453 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2454 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2455 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2456 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2457 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2458 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2459 2460 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2461 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2462 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2463 // struct. 2464 if (HiStart != 8) { 2465 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for 2466 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. 2467 // Promote these to a larger type. 2468 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2469 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2470 else { 2471 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2472 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2473 } 2474 } 2475 2476 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr); 2477 2478 2479 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2480 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2481 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2482 return Result; 2483 } 2484 2485 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2486 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2487 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2488 // classification algorithm. 2489 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2490 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2491 2492 // Check some invariants. 2493 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2494 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2495 2496 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2497 switch (Lo) { 2498 case NoClass: 2499 if (Hi == NoClass) 2500 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2501 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2502 // null. 2503 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2504 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2505 break; 2506 2507 case SSEUp: 2508 case X87Up: 2509 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2510 2511 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2512 // hidden argument. 2513 case Memory: 2514 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2515 2516 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2517 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2518 case Integer: 2519 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2520 2521 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2522 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2523 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2524 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2525 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2526 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2527 2528 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2529 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2530 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2531 } 2532 break; 2533 2534 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2535 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2536 case SSE: 2537 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2538 break; 2539 2540 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2541 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2542 case X87: 2543 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2544 break; 2545 2546 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2547 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2548 // %st1. 2549 case ComplexX87: 2550 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2551 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2552 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2553 nullptr); 2554 break; 2555 } 2556 2557 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2558 switch (Hi) { 2559 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2560 // never occur as a hi class. 2561 case Memory: 2562 case X87: 2563 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2564 2565 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2566 case NoClass: 2567 break; 2568 2569 case Integer: 2570 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2571 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2572 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2573 break; 2574 case SSE: 2575 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2576 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2577 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2578 break; 2579 2580 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2581 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2582 // vector register. 2583 // 2584 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2585 case SSEUp: 2586 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2587 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2588 break; 2589 2590 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2591 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2592 case X87Up: 2593 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2594 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2595 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2596 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2597 if (Lo != X87) { 2598 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2599 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2600 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2601 } 2602 break; 2603 } 2604 2605 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2606 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2607 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2608 if (HighPart) 2609 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2610 2611 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2612 } 2613 2614 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2615 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2616 bool isNamedArg) 2617 const 2618 { 2619 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 2620 2621 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2622 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2623 2624 // Check some invariants. 2625 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2626 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2627 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2628 2629 neededInt = 0; 2630 neededSSE = 0; 2631 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2632 switch (Lo) { 2633 case NoClass: 2634 if (Hi == NoClass) 2635 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2636 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2637 // null. 2638 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2639 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2640 break; 2641 2642 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2643 // on the stack. 2644 case Memory: 2645 2646 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2647 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2648 case X87: 2649 case ComplexX87: 2650 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2651 ++neededInt; 2652 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2653 2654 case SSEUp: 2655 case X87Up: 2656 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2657 2658 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2659 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2660 // and %r9 is used. 2661 case Integer: 2662 ++neededInt; 2663 2664 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2665 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2666 2667 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2668 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2669 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2670 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2671 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2672 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2673 2674 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2675 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2676 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2677 } 2678 2679 break; 2680 2681 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 2682 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 2683 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 2684 case SSE: { 2685 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2686 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 2687 ++neededSSE; 2688 break; 2689 } 2690 } 2691 2692 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2693 switch (Hi) { 2694 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 2695 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 2696 // which is passed in memory. 2697 case Memory: 2698 case X87: 2699 case ComplexX87: 2700 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2701 2702 case NoClass: break; 2703 2704 case Integer: 2705 ++neededInt; 2706 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2707 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2708 2709 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2710 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2711 break; 2712 2713 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 2714 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 2715 case X87Up: 2716 case SSE: 2717 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2718 2719 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2720 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2721 2722 ++neededSSE; 2723 break; 2724 2725 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 2726 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 2727 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 2728 case SSEUp: 2729 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 2730 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 2731 break; 2732 } 2733 2734 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2735 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2736 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2737 if (HighPart) 2738 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2739 2740 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2741 } 2742 2743 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2744 2745 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2746 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2747 2748 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 2749 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 2750 2751 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 2752 // integer register. 2753 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 2754 --freeIntRegs; 2755 2756 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register. 2757 if (FI.isChainCall()) 2758 ++freeIntRegs; 2759 2760 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 2761 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 2762 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 2763 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 2764 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 2765 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 2766 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 2767 2768 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2769 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 2770 neededSSE, IsNamedArg); 2771 2772 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 2773 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 2774 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 2775 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 2776 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 2777 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 2778 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 2779 } else { 2780 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 2781 } 2782 } 2783 } 2784 2785 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2786 QualType Ty, 2787 CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 2788 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = 2789 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); 2790 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 2791 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 2792 2793 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 2794 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 2795 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 2796 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 2797 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 2798 if (Align > 8) { 2799 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; 2800 llvm::Value *Offset = 2801 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); 2802 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); 2803 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, 2804 CGF.Int64Ty); 2805 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); 2806 overflow_arg_area = 2807 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 2808 overflow_arg_area->getType(), 2809 "overflow_arg_area.align"); 2810 } 2811 2812 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 2813 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2814 llvm::Value *Res = 2815 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 2816 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2817 2818 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 2819 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 2820 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 2821 // an 8 byte boundary. 2822 2823 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 2824 llvm::Value *Offset = 2825 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 2826 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 2827 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 2828 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 2829 2830 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 2831 return Res; 2832 } 2833 2834 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2835 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2836 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 2837 // struct { 2838 // i32 gp_offset; 2839 // i32 fp_offset; 2840 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 2841 // i8* reg_save_area; 2842 // }; 2843 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2844 2845 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 2846 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 2847 /*isNamedArg*/false); 2848 2849 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 2850 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 2851 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 2852 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2853 2854 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 2855 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 2856 // the number of floating point registers needed. 2857 2858 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 2859 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 2860 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 2861 // 2862 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 2863 // register save space). 2864 2865 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 2866 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr; 2867 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 2868 if (neededInt) { 2869 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); 2870 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 2871 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 2872 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 2873 } 2874 2875 if (neededSSE) { 2876 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); 2877 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 2878 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 2879 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 2880 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 2881 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 2882 } 2883 2884 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 2885 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 2886 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 2887 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 2888 2889 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 2890 2891 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 2892 2893 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 2894 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 2895 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 2896 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 2897 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 2898 // 2899 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 2900 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 2901 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 2902 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 2903 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2904 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 2905 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), 2906 "reg_save_area"); 2907 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 2908 // FIXME: Cleanup. 2909 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2910 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 2911 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2912 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2913 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2914 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 2915 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 2916 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 2917 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2918 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 2919 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 2920 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2921 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2922 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 2923 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 2924 llvm::Value *V = 2925 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 2926 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2927 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 2928 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2929 2930 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2931 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2932 } else if (neededInt) { 2933 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2934 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2935 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2936 2937 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 2938 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 2939 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 2940 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 2941 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity(); 2942 if (TyAlign > 8) { 2943 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2944 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false); 2945 RegAddr = Tmp; 2946 } 2947 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 2948 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2949 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2950 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2951 } else { 2952 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 2953 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 2954 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 2955 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2956 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); 2957 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 2958 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = 2959 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); 2960 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr); 2961 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2962 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2963 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, 2964 DblPtrTy)); 2965 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2966 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, 2967 DblPtrTy)); 2968 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2969 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2970 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2971 } 2972 2973 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 2974 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 2975 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 2976 if (neededInt) { 2977 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 2978 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 2979 gp_offset_p); 2980 } 2981 if (neededSSE) { 2982 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 2983 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 2984 fp_offset_p); 2985 } 2986 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 2987 2988 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 2989 2990 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 2991 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2992 2993 // Return the appropriate result. 2994 2995 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 2996 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, 2997 "vaarg.addr"); 2998 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 2999 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 3000 return ResAddr; 3001 } 3002 3003 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, 3004 bool IsReturnType) const { 3005 3006 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 3007 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3008 3009 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3010 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3011 3012 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty); 3013 uint64_t Width = Info.Width; 3014 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity(); 3015 3016 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 3017 if (RT) { 3018 if (!IsReturnType) { 3019 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 3020 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3021 } 3022 3023 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3024 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3025 3026 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 3027 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 3028 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3029 Width)); 3030 } 3031 3032 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to 3033 // other targets. 3034 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3035 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 3036 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { 3037 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { 3038 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; 3039 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) 3040 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3041 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 3042 } 3043 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false); 3044 } 3045 3046 3047 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 3048 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 3049 // directly. 3050 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 3051 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 3052 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3053 } 3054 3055 if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 3056 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 3057 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 3058 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 3059 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3060 3061 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 3062 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width)); 3063 } 3064 3065 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not 3066 // extended. 3067 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3068 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool) 3069 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 3070 3071 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3072 } 3073 3074 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3075 bool IsVectorCall = 3076 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall; 3077 3078 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall. 3079 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0; 3080 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3081 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true); 3082 3083 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall. 3084 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0; 3085 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 3086 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false); 3087 } 3088 3089 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3090 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3091 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3092 3093 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3094 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 3095 "ap"); 3096 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3097 llvm::Type *PTy = 3098 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3099 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3100 3101 uint64_t Offset = 3102 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); 3103 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3104 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 3105 "ap.next"); 3106 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3107 3108 return AddrTyped; 3109 } 3110 3111 // PowerPC-32 3112 namespace { 3113 /// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3114 class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3115 public: 3116 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 3117 3118 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3119 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3120 }; 3121 3122 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3123 public: 3124 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 3125 3126 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3127 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3128 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3129 } 3130 3131 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3132 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3133 3134 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3135 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors. 3136 } 3137 3138 bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override { 3139 return true; 3140 } 3141 }; 3142 3143 } 3144 3145 llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3146 QualType Ty, 3147 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3148 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3149 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore. 3150 (void)CTy; 3151 return nullptr; 3152 } 3153 3154 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64; 3155 bool isInt = Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType(); 3156 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3157 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3158 3159 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3160 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr"); 3161 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty); 3162 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1)); 3163 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr); 3164 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3)); 3165 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr); 3166 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4)); 3167 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr); 3168 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr"); 3169 // Align GPR when TY is i64. 3170 if (isI64) { 3171 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3172 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3173 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3174 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR); 3175 } 3176 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr"); 3177 llvm::Value *OverflowArea = Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area"); 3178 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty); 3179 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area"); 3180 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty); 3181 3182 llvm::Value *CC = Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR, 3183 Builder.getInt8(8), "cond"); 3184 3185 llvm::Value *RegConstant = Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR, 3186 Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8)); 3187 3188 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty)); 3189 3190 if (Ty->isFloatingType()) 3191 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32)); 3192 3193 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs"); 3194 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow"); 3195 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont"); 3196 3197 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow); 3198 3199 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs); 3200 3201 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3202 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy); 3203 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes. 3204 if (isInt) { 3205 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1)); 3206 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr); 3207 } else { 3208 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3209 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr); 3210 } 3211 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 3212 3213 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow); 3214 3215 // Increase the overflow area. 3216 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy); 3217 OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8)); 3218 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), OverflowAreaPtr); 3219 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 3220 3221 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont); 3222 3223 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 3224 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs); 3225 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow); 3226 3227 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) { 3228 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr") ; 3229 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr"); 3230 } 3231 3232 return Result; 3233 } 3234 3235 bool 3236 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3237 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3238 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3239 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3240 3241 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3242 3243 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3244 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3245 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3246 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3247 3248 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 3249 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 3250 3251 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3252 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3253 3254 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3255 // 64: mq 3256 // 65: lr 3257 // 66: ctr 3258 // 67: ap 3259 // 68-75 cr0-7 3260 // 76: xer 3261 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3262 3263 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3264 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3265 3266 // 109: vrsave 3267 // 110: vscr 3268 // 111: spe_acc 3269 // 112: spefscr 3270 // 113: sfp 3271 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3272 3273 return false; 3274 } 3275 3276 // PowerPC-64 3277 3278 namespace { 3279 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3280 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3281 public: 3282 enum ABIKind { 3283 ELFv1 = 0, 3284 ELFv2 3285 }; 3286 3287 private: 3288 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 3289 ABIKind Kind; 3290 3291 public: 3292 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) 3293 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3294 3295 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 3296 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const; 3297 3298 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3299 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 3300 3301 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 3302 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 3303 uint64_t Members) const override; 3304 3305 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 3306 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 3307 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 3308 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 3309 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 3310 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 3311 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3312 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3313 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3314 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 3315 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 3316 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 3317 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 3318 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 3319 if (T) { 3320 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3321 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 3322 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 3323 QualType QT(T, 0); 3324 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 3325 continue; 3326 } 3327 } 3328 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 3329 } 3330 } 3331 3332 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3333 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3334 }; 3335 3336 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3337 public: 3338 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 3339 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3340 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3341 3342 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3343 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3344 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3345 } 3346 3347 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3348 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3349 3350 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3351 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors. 3352 } 3353 3354 bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override { 3355 return true; 3356 } 3357 }; 3358 3359 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 3360 public: 3361 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 3362 3363 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3364 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3365 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3366 } 3367 3368 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3369 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3370 3371 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3372 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors. 3373 } 3374 3375 bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override { 3376 return true; 3377 } 3378 }; 3379 3380 } 3381 3382 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 3383 // extended to 64 bits. 3384 bool 3385 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 3386 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3387 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3388 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3389 3390 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 3391 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3392 return true; 3393 3394 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 3395 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 3396 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 3397 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3398 case BuiltinType::Int: 3399 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3400 return true; 3401 default: 3402 break; 3403 } 3404 3405 return false; 3406 } 3407 3408 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte 3409 /// alignment in the parameter area. 3410 bool 3411 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const { 3412 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3413 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3414 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3415 3416 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3417 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3418 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3419 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 3420 3421 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3422 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3423 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3424 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3425 if (EltType) { 3426 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3427 if ((EltType->isVectorType() && 3428 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3429 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3430 AlignAsType = EltType; 3431 } 3432 3433 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3434 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3435 uint64_t Members = 0; 3436 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3437 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3438 AlignAsType = Base; 3439 3440 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3441 if (AlignAsType) 3442 return AlignAsType->isVectorType(); 3443 3444 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3445 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3446 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) 3447 return true; 3448 3449 return false; 3450 } 3451 3452 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3453 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3454 /// to the number of base elements. 3455 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3456 uint64_t &Members) const { 3457 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3458 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3459 if (NElements == 0) 3460 return false; 3461 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3462 return false; 3463 Members *= NElements; 3464 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3465 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3466 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3467 return false; 3468 3469 Members = 0; 3470 3471 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 3472 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 3473 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 3474 // Ignore empty records. 3475 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true)) 3476 continue; 3477 3478 uint64_t FldMembers; 3479 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3480 return false; 3481 3482 Members += FldMembers; 3483 } 3484 } 3485 3486 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3487 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3488 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3489 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3490 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3491 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3492 return false; 3493 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3494 } 3495 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3496 continue; 3497 3498 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3499 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3500 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3501 continue; 3502 3503 uint64_t FldMembers; 3504 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3505 return false; 3506 3507 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3508 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3509 } 3510 3511 if (!Base) 3512 return false; 3513 3514 // Ensure there is no padding. 3515 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3516 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3517 return false; 3518 } else { 3519 Members = 1; 3520 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3521 Members = 2; 3522 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3523 } 3524 3525 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths. 3526 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty)) 3527 return false; 3528 3529 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3530 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3531 // treated as being equivalent here. 3532 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3533 if (!Base) 3534 Base = TyPtr; 3535 3536 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3537 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3538 return false; 3539 } 3540 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members); 3541 } 3542 3543 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 3544 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3545 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3546 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3547 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3548 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3549 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3550 return true; 3551 } 3552 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3553 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128) 3554 return true; 3555 } 3556 return false; 3557 } 3558 3559 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough( 3560 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const { 3561 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3562 // or two registers depending on their size. 3563 uint32_t NumRegs = 3564 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3565 3566 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3567 return Members * NumRegs <= 8; 3568 } 3569 3570 ABIArgInfo 3571 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3572 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 3573 3574 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3575 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3576 3577 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3578 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3579 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3580 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3581 if (Size > 128) 3582 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3583 else if (Size < 128) { 3584 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3585 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3586 } 3587 } 3588 3589 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3590 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 3591 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3592 3593 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8; 3594 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3595 3596 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 3597 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3598 uint64_t Members = 0; 3599 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3600 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3601 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3602 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3603 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3604 } 3605 3606 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 3607 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 3608 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 3609 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 3610 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3611 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 3612 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3613 3614 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 3615 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 3616 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 3617 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3618 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3619 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 3620 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 3621 else { 3622 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 3623 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 3624 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 3625 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 3626 } 3627 3628 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3629 } 3630 3631 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 3632 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 3633 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 3634 } 3635 3636 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 3637 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3638 } 3639 3640 ABIArgInfo 3641 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3642 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3643 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3644 3645 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 3646 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3647 3648 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3649 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3650 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) { 3651 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3652 if (Size > 128) 3653 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3654 else if (Size < 128) { 3655 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3657 } 3658 } 3659 3660 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3661 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 3662 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3663 uint64_t Members = 0; 3664 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3665 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 3666 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3667 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3668 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3669 } 3670 3671 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 3672 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3673 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 3674 if (Bits == 0) 3675 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3676 3677 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3678 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 3679 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 3680 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr); 3681 } else 3682 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3683 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3684 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3685 } 3686 3687 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 3688 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3689 } 3690 3691 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 3692 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3693 } 3694 3695 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 3696 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3697 QualType Ty, 3698 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3699 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3700 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3701 3702 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3703 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3704 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3705 3706 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area. 3707 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) { 3708 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3709 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15)); 3710 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16)); 3711 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 3712 } 3713 3714 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the 3715 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex 3716 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the 3717 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation. 3718 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3719 QualType BaseTy; 3720 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0; 3721 3722 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3723 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType(); 3724 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8; 3725 if (CplxBaseSize < 8) 3726 SizeInBytes = 16; 3727 } 3728 3729 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); 3730 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3731 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), 3732 "ap.next"); 3733 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3734 3735 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 3736 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 3737 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 3738 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 3739 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 3740 // and store them to a temporary structure. 3741 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) { 3742 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3743 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr; 3744 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3745 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize)); 3746 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize)); 3747 } else { 3748 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8)); 3749 } 3750 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy)); 3751 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy); 3752 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy); 3753 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal"); 3754 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag"); 3755 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), 3756 "vacplx"); 3757 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real"); 3758 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag"); 3759 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false); 3760 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false); 3761 return Ptr; 3762 } 3763 3764 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in 3765 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the 3766 // correct offset. 3767 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3768 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3769 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); 3770 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); 3771 } 3772 3773 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3774 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3775 } 3776 3777 static bool 3778 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3779 llvm::Value *Address) { 3780 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3781 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3782 3783 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3784 3785 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3786 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3787 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3788 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3789 3790 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 3791 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 3792 3793 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3794 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3795 3796 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3797 // 64: mq 3798 // 65: lr 3799 // 66: ctr 3800 // 67: ap 3801 // 68-75 cr0-7 3802 // 76: xer 3803 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3804 3805 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3806 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3807 3808 // 109: vrsave 3809 // 110: vscr 3810 // 111: spe_acc 3811 // 112: spefscr 3812 // 113: sfp 3813 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3814 3815 return false; 3816 } 3817 3818 bool 3819 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 3820 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3821 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3822 3823 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3824 } 3825 3826 bool 3827 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3828 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3829 3830 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3831 } 3832 3833 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3834 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 3835 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3836 3837 namespace { 3838 3839 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3840 public: 3841 enum ABIKind { 3842 AAPCS = 0, 3843 DarwinPCS 3844 }; 3845 3846 private: 3847 ABIKind Kind; 3848 3849 public: 3850 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3851 3852 private: 3853 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 3854 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 3855 3856 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3857 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 3858 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 3859 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 3860 uint64_t Members) const override; 3861 3862 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 3863 3864 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3865 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3866 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3867 3868 for (auto &it : FI.arguments()) 3869 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type); 3870 } 3871 3872 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3873 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3874 3875 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3876 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3877 3878 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3879 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override { 3880 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 3881 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3882 } 3883 }; 3884 3885 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3886 public: 3887 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3888 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3889 3890 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const { 3891 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 3892 } 3893 3894 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; } 3895 3896 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; } 3897 }; 3898 } 3899 3900 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3901 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 3902 3903 // Handle illegal vector types here. 3904 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 3905 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3906 if (Size <= 32) { 3907 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 3908 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3909 } 3910 if (Size == 64) { 3911 llvm::Type *ResType = 3912 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 3913 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3914 } 3915 if (Size == 128) { 3916 llvm::Type *ResType = 3917 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 3918 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3919 } 3920 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3921 } 3922 3923 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3924 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3925 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3926 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3927 3928 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3929 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3930 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3931 } 3932 3933 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 3934 // copy constructor are always indirect. 3935 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 3936 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 3937 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3938 } 3939 3940 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 3941 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 3942 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 3943 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 3944 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3945 3946 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 3947 } 3948 3949 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 3950 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3951 uint64_t Members = 0; 3952 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3953 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 3954 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members)); 3955 } 3956 3957 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 3958 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3959 if (Size <= 128) { 3960 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3961 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3962 3963 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 3964 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 3965 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 3966 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 3967 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3968 } 3969 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3970 } 3971 3972 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3973 } 3974 3975 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3976 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3977 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3978 3979 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 3980 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 3981 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3982 3983 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3984 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3985 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 3986 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3987 3988 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3989 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3990 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3991 } 3992 3993 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 3994 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3995 3996 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3997 uint64_t Members = 0; 3998 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) 3999 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 4000 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4001 4002 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 4003 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4004 if (Size <= 128) { 4005 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 4006 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 4007 } 4008 4009 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4010 } 4011 4012 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 4013 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4014 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4015 // Check whether VT is legal. 4016 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4017 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4018 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 4019 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 4020 return true; 4021 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 4022 } 4023 return false; 4024 } 4025 4026 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 4027 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating 4028 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI, 4029 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed, 4030 // including __fp16. 4031 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4032 if (BT->isFloatingPoint()) 4033 return true; 4034 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4035 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4036 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) 4037 return true; 4038 } 4039 return false; 4040 } 4041 4042 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 4043 uint64_t Members) const { 4044 return Members <= 4; 4045 } 4046 4047 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 4048 QualType Ty, 4049 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4050 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 4051 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 4052 4053 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty); 4054 if (IsIndirect) 4055 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy); 4056 else if (AI.getCoerceToType()) 4057 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType(); 4058 4059 unsigned NumRegs = 1; 4060 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) { 4061 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType(); 4062 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements(); 4063 } 4064 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy(); 4065 4066 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 4067 // Standard, section B.4: 4068 // 4069 // struct { 4070 // void *__stack; 4071 // void *__gr_top; 4072 // void *__vr_top; 4073 // int __gr_offs; 4074 // int __vr_offs; 4075 // }; 4076 4077 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 4078 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 4079 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 4080 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 4081 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext(); 4082 4083 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr; 4084 int reg_top_index; 4085 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4086 if (!IsFPR) { 4087 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 4088 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p"); 4089 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 4090 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 4091 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8); 4092 } else { 4093 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 4094 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p"); 4095 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 4096 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 4097 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs; 4098 } 4099 4100 //======================================= 4101 // Find out where argument was passed 4102 //======================================= 4103 4104 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 4105 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 4106 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 4107 // whatever they get). 4108 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 4109 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 4110 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 4111 4112 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 4113 4114 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 4115 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 4116 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 4117 4118 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 4119 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 4120 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 4121 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 4122 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4123 4124 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4125 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 4126 "align_regoffs"); 4127 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4128 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 4129 "aligned_regoffs"); 4130 } 4131 4132 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 4133 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 4134 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4135 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 4136 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 4137 4138 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 4139 // registers or not. 4140 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 4141 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 4142 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 4143 4144 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 4145 4146 //======================================= 4147 // Argument was in registers 4148 //======================================= 4149 4150 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 4151 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 4152 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 4153 4154 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr; 4155 reg_top_p = 4156 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p"); 4157 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 4158 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs); 4159 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr; 4160 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 4161 4162 if (IsIndirect) { 4163 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 4164 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 4165 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 4166 } 4167 4168 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4169 uint64_t NumMembers = 0; 4170 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers); 4171 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 4172 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 4173 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 4174 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 4175 // contiguously. 4176 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 4177 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 4178 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 4179 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy); 4180 int Offset = 0; 4181 4182 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128) 4183 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8; 4184 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 4185 llvm::Value *BaseOffset = 4186 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset); 4187 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 4188 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast( 4189 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy)); 4190 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i); 4191 4192 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 4193 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 4194 } 4195 4196 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 4197 } else { 4198 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory 4199 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8; 4200 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 4201 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 4202 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) { 4203 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4204 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4205 4206 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4207 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4208 4209 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4210 } 4211 4212 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 4213 } 4214 4215 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4216 4217 //======================================= 4218 // Argument was on the stack 4219 //======================================= 4220 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 4221 4222 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr; 4223 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p"); 4224 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 4225 4226 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and 4227 // floating-point ones might be affected. 4228 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 4229 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4230 4231 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4232 4233 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4234 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 4235 "align_stack"); 4236 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4237 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 4238 "align_stack"); 4239 4240 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4241 } 4242 4243 uint64_t StackSize; 4244 if (IsIndirect) 4245 StackSize = 8; 4246 else 4247 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4248 4249 // All stack slots are 8 bytes 4250 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8); 4251 4252 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize); 4253 llvm::Value *NewStack = 4254 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 4255 4256 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 4257 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 4258 4259 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 4260 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) { 4261 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4262 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4263 4264 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4265 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4266 4267 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4268 } 4269 4270 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 4271 4272 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4273 4274 //======================================= 4275 // Tidy up 4276 //======================================= 4277 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 4278 4279 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 4280 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 4281 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock); 4282 4283 if (IsIndirect) 4284 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"); 4285 4286 return ResAddr; 4287 } 4288 4289 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4290 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4291 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types. 4292 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for 4293 // other cases. 4294 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 4295 return nullptr; 4296 4297 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4298 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4299 4300 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4301 uint64_t Members = 0; 4302 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members); 4303 4304 bool isIndirect = false; 4305 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should 4306 // be passed indirectly. 4307 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) { 4308 isIndirect = true; 4309 Size = 8; 4310 Align = 8; 4311 } 4312 4313 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 4314 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP); 4315 4316 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4317 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4318 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4319 4320 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4321 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4322 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4323 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4324 } 4325 4326 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8; 4327 if (Align > MinABIAlign) { 4328 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 4329 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 4330 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4331 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1)); 4332 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask); 4333 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align"); 4334 } 4335 4336 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign); 4337 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP( 4338 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next"); 4339 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4340 4341 if (isIndirect) 4342 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4343 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4344 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4345 4346 return AddrTyped; 4347 } 4348 4349 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4350 // ARM ABI Implementation 4351 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4352 4353 namespace { 4354 4355 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4356 public: 4357 enum ABIKind { 4358 APCS = 0, 4359 AAPCS = 1, 4360 AAPCS_VFP 4361 }; 4362 4363 private: 4364 ABIKind Kind; 4365 4366 public: 4367 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) { 4368 setCCs(); 4369 } 4370 4371 bool isEABI() const { 4372 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4373 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4374 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4375 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4376 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4377 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4378 return true; 4379 default: 4380 return false; 4381 } 4382 } 4383 4384 bool isEABIHF() const { 4385 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4386 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4387 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4388 return true; 4389 default: 4390 return false; 4391 } 4392 } 4393 4394 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4395 4396 private: 4397 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4398 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4399 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4400 4401 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 4402 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 4403 uint64_t Members) const override; 4404 4405 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4406 4407 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4408 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4409 4410 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4411 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4412 void setCCs(); 4413 }; 4414 4415 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4416 public: 4417 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4418 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4419 4420 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4421 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4422 } 4423 4424 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4425 return 13; 4426 } 4427 4428 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4429 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4430 } 4431 4432 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4433 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4434 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4435 4436 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4437 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4438 return false; 4439 } 4440 4441 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4442 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4443 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4444 } 4445 4446 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4447 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4448 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4449 if (!FD) 4450 return; 4451 4452 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4453 if (!Attr) 4454 return; 4455 4456 const char *Kind; 4457 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4458 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4459 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4460 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4461 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4462 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4463 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4464 } 4465 4466 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4467 4468 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4469 4470 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4471 return; 4472 4473 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4474 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4475 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4476 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4477 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4478 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4479 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4480 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4481 B)); 4482 } 4483 4484 bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override { 4485 return false; 4486 // FIXME: backend implementation too restricted, even on Darwin. 4487 // return CGF.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 4488 } 4489 }; 4490 4491 class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo { 4492 void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4493 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const; 4494 4495 public: 4496 WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4497 : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {} 4498 4499 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4500 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 4501 }; 4502 4503 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute( 4504 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 4505 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 4506 return; 4507 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096) 4508 return; 4509 4510 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4511 F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", 4512 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize)); 4513 } 4514 4515 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes( 4516 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 4517 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); 4518 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); 4519 } 4520 } 4521 4522 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4523 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 4524 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4525 4526 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 4527 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic()); 4528 4529 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4530 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4531 return; 4532 4533 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4534 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4535 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4536 } 4537 4538 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4539 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4540 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4541 if (isEABIHF()) 4542 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4543 else if (isEABI()) 4544 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4545 else 4546 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4547 } 4548 4549 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4550 /// as the C calling convention. 4551 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4552 switch (getABIKind()) { 4553 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4554 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4555 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4556 } 4557 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4558 } 4559 4560 void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() { 4561 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4562 4563 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4564 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4565 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4566 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4567 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4568 4569 BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ? 4570 llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS); 4571 } 4572 4573 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 4574 bool isVariadic) const { 4575 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4576 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4577 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4578 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4579 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4580 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4581 // to four Elements. 4582 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4583 4584 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 4585 4586 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4587 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4588 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4589 if (Size <= 32) { 4590 llvm::Type *ResType = 4591 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4592 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4593 } 4594 if (Size == 64) { 4595 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4596 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4597 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4598 } 4599 if (Size == 128) { 4600 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4601 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4602 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4603 } 4604 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4605 } 4606 4607 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4608 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4609 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4610 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4611 } 4612 4613 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4614 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4615 } 4616 4617 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4618 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4619 } 4620 4621 // Ignore empty records. 4622 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 4623 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4624 4625 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) { 4626 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 4627 // into VFP registers. 4628 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4629 uint64_t Members = 0; 4630 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 4631 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4632 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 4633 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false); 4634 } 4635 } 4636 4637 // Support byval for ARM. 4638 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 4639 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 4640 // than ABI alignment. 4641 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 4642 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4643 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4644 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4645 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4646 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 4647 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the 4648 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available 4649 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the 4650 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled. 4651 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 4652 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4653 } 4654 4655 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 4656 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 4657 unsigned SizeRegs; 4658 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 4659 // we can. 4660 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 4661 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4662 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 4663 } else { 4664 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4665 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 4666 } 4667 4668 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs)); 4669 } 4670 4671 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 4672 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 4673 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 4674 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 4675 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 4676 4677 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 4678 4679 // Check that the type fits in a word. 4680 if (Size > 32) 4681 return false; 4682 4683 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 4684 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 4685 return false; 4686 4687 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 4688 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 4689 return false; 4690 4691 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 4692 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 4693 return true; 4694 4695 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 4696 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4697 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 4698 4699 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 4700 // above, but they are not. 4701 4702 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 4703 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 4704 if (!RT) return false; 4705 4706 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 4707 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4708 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4709 return false; 4710 4711 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 4712 // like". 4713 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4714 4715 bool HadField = false; 4716 unsigned idx = 0; 4717 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 4718 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 4719 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 4720 4721 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 4722 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 4723 // struct { int : 0; int x } 4724 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 4725 if (FD->isBitField()) { 4726 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4727 HadField = true; 4728 4729 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4730 return false; 4731 4732 continue; 4733 } 4734 4735 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 4736 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 4737 return false; 4738 4739 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4740 return false; 4741 4742 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 4743 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 4744 // empty structure. 4745 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 4746 if (HadField) 4747 return false; 4748 4749 HadField = true; 4750 } 4751 } 4752 4753 return true; 4754 } 4755 4756 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 4757 bool isVariadic) const { 4758 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4759 4760 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4761 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4762 4763 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4764 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 4765 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4766 } 4767 4768 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4769 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4770 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4771 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4772 4773 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4774 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4775 } 4776 4777 // Are we following APCS? 4778 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 4779 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 4780 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4781 4782 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 4783 // 4784 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 4785 // correctly. 4786 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4787 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get( 4788 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 4789 4790 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 4791 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 4792 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4793 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4794 if (Size <= 8) 4795 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4796 if (Size <= 16) 4797 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4798 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4799 } 4800 4801 // Otherwise return in memory. 4802 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4803 } 4804 4805 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 4806 4807 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4808 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4809 4810 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 4811 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) { 4812 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4813 uint64_t Members; 4814 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 4815 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4816 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 4817 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false); 4818 } 4819 } 4820 4821 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 4822 // are returned indirectly. 4823 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4824 if (Size <= 32) { 4825 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 4826 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 4827 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4828 4829 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4830 if (Size <= 8) 4831 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4832 if (Size <= 16) 4833 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4834 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4835 } 4836 4837 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4838 } 4839 4840 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 4841 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4842 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4843 // Check whether VT is legal. 4844 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4845 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4846 // NumElements should be power of 2. 4847 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0) 4848 return true; 4849 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 4850 return Size <= 32; 4851 } 4852 return false; 4853 } 4854 4855 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 4856 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 4857 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. 4858 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4859 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 4860 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4861 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4862 return true; 4863 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4864 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4865 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) 4866 return true; 4867 } 4868 return false; 4869 } 4870 4871 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 4872 uint64_t Members) const { 4873 return Members <= 4; 4874 } 4875 4876 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4877 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4878 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 4879 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 4880 4881 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4882 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4883 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4884 4885 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4886 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4887 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4888 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4889 } 4890 4891 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4892 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4893 bool IsIndirect = false; 4894 4895 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 4896 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 4897 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4898 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4899 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4900 else 4901 TyAlign = 4; 4902 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 4903 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) { 4904 IsIndirect = true; 4905 Size = 4; 4906 TyAlign = 4; 4907 } 4908 4909 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes. 4910 if (TyAlign > 4) { 4911 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && 4912 "Alignment is not power of 2!"); 4913 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); 4914 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); 4915 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); 4916 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 4917 } 4918 4919 uint64_t Offset = 4920 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4); 4921 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 4922 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 4923 "ap.next"); 4924 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4925 4926 if (IsIndirect) 4927 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4928 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) { 4929 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur 4930 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned 4931 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary 4932 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater 4933 // than the ABI alignment. 4934 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(); 4935 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); 4936 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty), 4937 "var.align"); 4938 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy); 4939 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy); 4940 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, 4941 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()), 4942 TyAlign, false); 4943 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location. 4944 } 4945 llvm::Type *PTy = 4946 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4947 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4948 4949 return AddrTyped; 4950 } 4951 4952 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4953 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 4954 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4955 4956 namespace { 4957 4958 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4959 public: 4960 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 4961 4962 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 4963 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 4964 4965 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4966 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4967 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override; 4968 }; 4969 4970 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4971 public: 4972 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 4973 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 4974 4975 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4976 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 4977 private: 4978 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 4979 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 4980 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 4981 }; 4982 4983 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 4984 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4985 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4986 4987 // note: this is different from default ABI 4988 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 4989 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4990 4991 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4992 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4993 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4994 4995 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 4996 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4997 } 4998 4999 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5000 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5001 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5002 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5003 5004 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value 5005 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 5006 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true); 5007 5008 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5009 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5010 } 5011 5012 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5013 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5014 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5015 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5016 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5017 5018 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 5019 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 5020 return; 5021 5022 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 5023 } 5024 5025 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5026 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { 5027 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 5028 } 5029 5030 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 5031 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5032 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 5033 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5034 if (!FD) return; 5035 5036 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5037 5038 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 5039 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5040 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 5041 // By default, all functions are device functions 5042 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5043 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 5044 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5045 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5046 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5047 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5048 } 5049 } 5050 5051 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 5052 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5053 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 5054 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 5055 // need to set the noinline attribute. 5056 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 5057 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5058 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5059 } 5060 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 5061 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 5062 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", 5063 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads()); 5064 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a 5065 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in 5066 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we 5067 // don't have to add a PTX directive. 5068 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks(); 5069 if (MinCTASM > 0) { 5070 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 5071 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM); 5072 } 5073 } 5074 } 5075 } 5076 5077 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 5078 int Operand) { 5079 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 5080 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 5081 5082 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 5083 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 5084 5085 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = { 5086 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 5087 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get( 5088 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))}; 5089 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 5090 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 5091 } 5092 } 5093 5094 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5095 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 5096 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5097 5098 namespace { 5099 5100 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5101 public: 5102 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5103 5104 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 5105 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 5106 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5107 5108 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5109 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 5110 5111 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 5112 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5113 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5114 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5115 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5116 } 5117 5118 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5119 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5120 }; 5121 5122 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5123 public: 5124 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5125 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5126 }; 5127 5128 } 5129 5130 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5131 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5132 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5133 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5134 5135 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5136 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5137 return true; 5138 5139 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5140 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5141 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5142 case BuiltinType::Int: 5143 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5144 return true; 5145 default: 5146 return false; 5147 } 5148 return false; 5149 } 5150 5151 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5152 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty); 5153 } 5154 5155 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5156 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5157 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5158 case BuiltinType::Float: 5159 case BuiltinType::Double: 5160 return true; 5161 default: 5162 return false; 5163 } 5164 5165 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5166 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5167 bool Found = false; 5168 5169 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5170 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5171 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5172 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5173 5174 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5175 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5176 continue; 5177 5178 if (Found) 5179 return false; 5180 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base); 5181 if (!Found) 5182 return false; 5183 } 5184 5185 // Check the fields. 5186 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5187 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way. 5188 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5189 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5190 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5191 return true; 5192 5193 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5194 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though. 5195 if (Found) 5196 return false; 5197 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType()); 5198 if (!Found) 5199 return false; 5200 } 5201 5202 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5203 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5204 return Found; 5205 } 5206 5207 return false; 5208 } 5209 5210 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5211 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5212 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5213 // struct { 5214 // i64 __gpr; 5215 // i64 __fpr; 5216 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5217 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5218 // }; 5219 5220 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either 5221 // GPRs or FPRs. 5222 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5223 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5224 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty); 5225 5226 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 5227 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5228 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize; 5229 if (IsIndirect) { 5230 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy); 5231 UnpaddedBitSize = 64; 5232 } else 5233 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5234 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64; 5235 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5236 5237 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8; 5238 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8; 5239 5240 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding; 5241 if (InFPRs) { 5242 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5243 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5244 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5245 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5246 } else { 5247 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5248 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5249 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5250 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5251 } 5252 5253 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = 5254 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr"); 5255 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5256 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType(); 5257 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5258 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5259 "fits_in_regs"); 5260 5261 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5262 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5263 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5264 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5265 5266 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5267 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5268 5269 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5270 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize); 5271 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5272 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5273 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5274 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding); 5275 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5276 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5277 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr = 5278 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5279 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5280 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5281 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr = 5282 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr"); 5283 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 5284 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr"); 5285 5286 // Update the register count 5287 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5288 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5289 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5290 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5291 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5292 5293 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5294 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5295 5296 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5297 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5298 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5299 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5300 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5301 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding); 5302 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr = 5303 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr"); 5304 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5305 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5306 5307 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5308 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5309 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5310 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5311 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5312 5313 // Return the appropriate result. 5314 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5315 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr"); 5316 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 5317 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 5318 5319 if (IsIndirect) 5320 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"); 5321 5322 return ResAddr; 5323 } 5324 5325 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5326 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5327 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5328 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5329 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5330 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5331 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5332 } 5333 5334 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5335 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5336 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5337 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5338 5339 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5340 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5341 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5342 5343 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5344 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5345 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5346 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5347 5348 // Handle small structures. 5349 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5350 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5351 // fail the size test above. 5352 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5353 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5354 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5355 5356 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5357 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5358 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) { 5359 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5360 if (Size == 32) 5361 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5362 else 5363 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5364 } else 5365 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5366 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5367 } 5368 5369 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5370 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5371 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5372 5373 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5374 } 5375 5376 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5377 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5378 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5379 5380 namespace { 5381 5382 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5383 public: 5384 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5385 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5386 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5387 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5388 }; 5389 5390 } 5391 5392 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5393 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5394 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5395 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5396 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5397 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5398 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5399 5400 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5401 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5402 5403 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5404 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5405 5406 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5407 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5408 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5409 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5410 } 5411 } 5412 } 5413 5414 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5415 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5416 // big-endian variants. 5417 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5418 5419 namespace { 5420 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5421 bool IsO32; 5422 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5423 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5424 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5425 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5426 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5427 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5428 public: 5429 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5430 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5431 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5432 5433 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5434 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5435 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5436 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5437 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5438 }; 5439 5440 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5441 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5442 public: 5443 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5444 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5445 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5446 5447 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5448 return 29; 5449 } 5450 5451 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5452 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5453 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5454 if (!FD) return; 5455 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5456 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5457 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5458 } 5459 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5460 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5461 } 5462 } 5463 5464 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5465 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5466 5467 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5468 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5469 } 5470 }; 5471 } 5472 5473 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5474 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5475 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5476 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5477 5478 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5479 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5480 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5481 5482 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 5483 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5484 5485 if (R) 5486 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 5487 } 5488 5489 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 5490 // a register. 5491 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 5492 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 5493 5494 if (IsO32) { 5495 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5496 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5497 } 5498 5499 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 5500 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 5501 5502 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5503 5504 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 5505 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5506 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5507 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5508 } 5509 5510 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5511 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5512 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 5513 5514 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 5515 unsigned idx = 0; 5516 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 5517 5518 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 5519 // double fields. 5520 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5521 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5522 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 5523 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5524 5525 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 5526 continue; 5527 5528 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 5529 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 5530 continue; 5531 5532 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 5533 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 5534 ArgList.push_back(I64); 5535 5536 // Add double type. 5537 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 5538 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 5539 } 5540 5541 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 5542 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 5543 5544 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5545 } 5546 5547 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 5548 uint64_t Offset) const { 5549 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 5550 return nullptr; 5551 5552 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 5553 } 5554 5555 ABIArgInfo 5556 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 5557 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 5558 5559 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 5560 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5561 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5562 5563 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 5564 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 5565 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 5566 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 5567 5568 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 5569 // Ignore empty aggregates. 5570 if (TySize == 0) 5571 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5572 5573 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5574 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 5575 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5576 } 5577 5578 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 5579 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 5580 // aggregate is unaligned. 5581 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5582 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 5583 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5584 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5585 return ArgInfo; 5586 } 5587 5588 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5589 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5590 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5591 5592 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width. 5593 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 5594 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5595 5596 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 5597 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5598 } 5599 5600 llvm::Type* 5601 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 5602 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5603 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 5604 5605 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5606 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5607 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5608 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 5609 5610 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 5611 // following conditions are met: 5612 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 5613 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 5614 // point types. 5615 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 5616 // 5617 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 5618 // 5619 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 5620 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5621 for (; b != e; ++b) { 5622 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5623 5624 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 5625 break; 5626 5627 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 5628 } 5629 5630 if (b == e) 5631 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 5632 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 5633 5634 RTList.clear(); 5635 } 5636 } 5637 5638 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 5639 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 5640 } 5641 5642 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5643 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5644 5645 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5646 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5647 5648 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. 5649 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. 5650 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) 5651 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5652 5653 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 5654 if (Size <= 128) { 5655 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5657 5658 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small 5659 // aggregates in registers. 5660 if (!IsO32 || 5661 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { 5662 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5663 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5664 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5665 return ArgInfo; 5666 } 5667 } 5668 5669 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5670 } 5671 5672 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5673 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5674 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5675 5676 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5677 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5678 } 5679 5680 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5681 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 5682 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5683 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5684 5685 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 5686 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 5687 5688 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5689 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 5690 } 5691 5692 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5693 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5694 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5695 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5696 5697 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64. 5698 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32. 5699 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64; 5700 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 5701 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() && 5702 CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) || 5703 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) { 5704 Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits, 5705 Ty->isSignedIntegerType()); 5706 } 5707 5708 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5709 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5710 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5711 int64_t TypeAlign = 5712 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes); 5713 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5714 llvm::Value *AddrTyped; 5715 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; 5716 5717 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { 5718 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); 5719 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); 5720 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); 5721 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); 5722 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); 5723 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); 5724 } 5725 else 5726 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5727 5728 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); 5729 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 5730 unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5731 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign); 5732 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5733 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), 5734 "ap.next"); 5735 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5736 5737 return AddrTyped; 5738 } 5739 5740 bool 5741 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5742 llvm::Value *Address) const { 5743 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 5744 // as canonical as it gets. 5745 5746 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 5747 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 5748 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 5749 5750 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 5751 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 5752 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 5753 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 5754 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 5755 5756 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 5757 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 5758 5759 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 5760 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 5761 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 5762 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 5763 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 5764 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 5765 return false; 5766 } 5767 5768 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5769 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 5770 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 5771 // handling. 5772 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5773 5774 namespace { 5775 5776 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 5777 public: 5778 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5779 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 5780 5781 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5782 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5783 }; 5784 5785 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5786 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5787 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5788 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5789 if (!FD) return; 5790 5791 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5792 5793 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5794 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5795 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5796 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5797 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 5798 if (Attr) { 5799 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 5800 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 5801 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 5802 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 5803 5804 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands; 5805 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F)); 5806 5807 Operands.push_back( 5808 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 5809 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())))); 5810 Operands.push_back( 5811 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 5812 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())))); 5813 Operands.push_back( 5814 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 5815 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())))); 5816 5817 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false) 5818 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently 5819 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 5820 Operands.push_back( 5821 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context))); 5822 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 5823 } 5824 } 5825 } 5826 } 5827 5828 } 5829 5830 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5831 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 5832 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5833 5834 namespace { 5835 5836 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5837 5838 5839 public: 5840 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5841 5842 private: 5843 5844 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5845 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 5846 5847 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5848 5849 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5850 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5851 }; 5852 5853 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5854 public: 5855 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5856 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5857 5858 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 5859 return 29; 5860 } 5861 }; 5862 5863 } 5864 5865 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5866 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5867 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5868 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5869 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5870 } 5871 5872 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5873 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 5874 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5875 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5876 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5877 5878 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5879 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5880 } 5881 5882 // Ignore empty records. 5883 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 5884 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5885 5886 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5887 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5888 5889 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5890 if (Size > 64) 5891 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5892 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 5893 else if (Size > 32) 5894 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5895 else if (Size > 16) 5896 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5897 else if (Size > 8) 5898 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5899 else 5900 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5901 } 5902 5903 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5904 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5905 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5906 5907 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 5908 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5909 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5910 5911 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 5912 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5913 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5914 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5915 5916 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5917 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5918 } 5919 5920 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 5921 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5922 5923 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 5924 // are returned indirectly. 5925 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5926 if (Size <= 64) { 5927 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 5928 if (Size <= 8) 5929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5930 if (Size <= 16) 5931 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5932 if (Size <= 32) 5933 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5934 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5935 } 5936 5937 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5938 } 5939 5940 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5941 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5942 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment 5943 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5944 5945 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5946 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 5947 "ap"); 5948 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5949 llvm::Type *PTy = 5950 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5951 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5952 5953 uint64_t Offset = 5954 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); 5955 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5956 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 5957 "ap.next"); 5958 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5959 5960 return AddrTyped; 5961 } 5962 5963 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5964 // AMDGPU ABI Implementation 5965 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5966 5967 namespace { 5968 5969 class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5970 public: 5971 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5972 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5973 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5974 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5975 }; 5976 5977 } 5978 5979 void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes( 5980 const Decl *D, 5981 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5982 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5983 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5984 if (!FD) 5985 return; 5986 5987 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) { 5988 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5989 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR(); 5990 if (NumVGPR != 0) 5991 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR)); 5992 } 5993 5994 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) { 5995 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5996 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR(); 5997 if (NumSGPR != 0) 5998 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR)); 5999 } 6000 } 6001 6002 6003 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6004 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 6005 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 6006 // 6007 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 6008 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 6009 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 6010 // 6011 // One case requires special care: 6012 // 6013 // struct mixed { 6014 // int i; 6015 // float f; 6016 // }; 6017 // 6018 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 6019 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 6020 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 6021 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 6022 // 6023 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 6024 // 6025 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 6026 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 6027 // bytes. 6028 // 6029 namespace { 6030 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 6031 public: 6032 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 6033 6034 private: 6035 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 6036 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 6037 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6038 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6039 6040 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 6041 // serves two purposes: 6042 // 6043 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 6044 // in registers. 6045 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 6046 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 6047 // 6048 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 6049 // aligned 32-bit floats. 6050 // 6051 struct CoerceBuilder { 6052 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 6053 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 6054 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 6055 uint64_t Size; 6056 bool InReg; 6057 6058 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 6059 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 6060 6061 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 6062 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 6063 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 6064 if (ToSize == Size) 6065 return; 6066 6067 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 6068 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 6069 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 6070 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 6071 Size = Aligned; 6072 } 6073 6074 // Add whole 64-bit words. 6075 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 6076 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 6077 Size += 64; 6078 } 6079 6080 // Final in-word padding. 6081 if (Size < ToSize) { 6082 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 6083 Size = ToSize; 6084 } 6085 } 6086 6087 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 6088 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 6089 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 6090 if (Offset % Bits) 6091 return; 6092 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 6093 if (Bits < 64) 6094 InReg = true; 6095 pad(Offset); 6096 Elems.push_back(Ty); 6097 Size = Offset + Bits; 6098 } 6099 6100 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 6101 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 6102 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 6103 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 6104 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 6105 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 6106 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 6107 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 6108 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 6109 break; 6110 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 6111 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 6112 break; 6113 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 6114 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 6115 break; 6116 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 6117 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 6118 break; 6119 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 6120 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 6121 pad(ElemOffset); 6122 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 6123 Size += 64; 6124 } 6125 break; 6126 default: 6127 break; 6128 } 6129 } 6130 } 6131 6132 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 6133 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 6134 return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements(); 6135 } 6136 6137 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 6138 llvm::Type *getType() const { 6139 if (Elems.size() == 1) 6140 return Elems.front(); 6141 else 6142 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 6143 } 6144 }; 6145 }; 6146 } // end anonymous namespace 6147 6148 ABIArgInfo 6149 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 6150 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 6151 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6152 6153 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6154 6155 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 6156 // pointer / sret pointer. 6157 if (Size > SizeLimit) 6158 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 6159 6160 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6161 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6162 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6163 6164 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 6165 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 6166 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6167 6168 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 6169 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 6170 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6171 6172 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 6173 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 6174 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6175 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6176 6177 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 6178 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 6179 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 6180 if (!StrTy) 6181 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6182 6183 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 6184 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 6185 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 6186 6187 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 6188 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 6189 6190 if (CB.InReg) 6191 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 6192 else 6193 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6194 } 6195 6196 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6197 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6198 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6199 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6200 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6201 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6202 6203 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6204 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6205 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 6206 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6207 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6208 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6209 unsigned Stride; 6210 6211 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6212 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6213 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6214 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6215 6216 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6217 Stride = 8; 6218 ArgAddr = Builder 6219 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy), 6220 "extend"); 6221 break; 6222 6223 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6224 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6225 ArgAddr = Addr; 6226 break; 6227 6228 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6229 Stride = 8; 6230 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, 6231 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy), 6232 "indirect"); 6233 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"); 6234 break; 6235 6236 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6237 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6238 } 6239 6240 // Update VAList. 6241 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next"); 6242 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6243 6244 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6245 } 6246 6247 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6248 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6249 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6250 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6251 } 6252 6253 namespace { 6254 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6255 public: 6256 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6257 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6258 6259 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6260 return 14; 6261 } 6262 6263 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6264 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6265 }; 6266 } // end anonymous namespace 6267 6268 bool 6269 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6270 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6271 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6272 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6273 6274 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6275 6276 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6277 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6278 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6279 6280 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6281 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6282 6283 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6284 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6285 6286 // Y = 64 6287 // PSR = 65 6288 // WIM = 66 6289 // TBR = 67 6290 // PC = 68 6291 // NPC = 69 6292 // FSR = 70 6293 // CSR = 71 6294 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6295 6296 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6297 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6298 6299 return false; 6300 } 6301 6302 6303 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6304 // XCore ABI Implementation 6305 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6306 6307 namespace { 6308 6309 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6310 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6311 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6312 6313 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6314 /// 6315 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6316 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6317 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6318 /// 6319 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6320 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6321 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6322 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6323 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6324 /// Recursive type encoding. 6325 /// 6326 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6327 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6328 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6329 /// the type is encountered. 6330 /// 6331 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6332 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6333 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6334 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6335 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6336 /// 6337 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6338 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6339 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6340 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6341 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6342 /// 6343 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6344 /// 6345 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6346 /// cached encoding is used; 6347 /// 6348 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6349 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6350 /// 6351 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6352 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6353 /// 6354 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6355 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6356 /// it is swapped back in; 6357 /// 6358 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6359 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6360 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6361 /// 6362 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6363 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6364 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6365 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6366 /// 6367 class TypeStringCache { 6368 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6369 struct Entry { 6370 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6371 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6372 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6373 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6374 }; 6375 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6376 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6377 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6378 public: 6379 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}; 6380 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6381 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6382 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6383 bool IsRecursive); 6384 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6385 }; 6386 6387 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6388 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6389 class FieldEncoding { 6390 bool HasName; 6391 std::string Enc; 6392 public: 6393 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}; 6394 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}; 6395 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6396 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6397 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6398 } 6399 }; 6400 6401 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6402 public: 6403 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6404 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6405 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6406 }; 6407 6408 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6409 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6410 public: 6411 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6412 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6413 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6414 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6415 }; 6416 6417 } // End anonymous namespace. 6418 6419 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6420 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6421 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6422 6423 // Get the VAList. 6424 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, 6425 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy); 6426 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP); 6427 6428 // Handle the argument. 6429 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6430 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6431 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6432 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6433 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6434 llvm::Value *Val; 6435 uint64_t ArgSize = 0; 6436 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6437 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6438 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6439 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6440 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6441 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6442 ArgSize = 0; 6443 break; 6444 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6445 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6446 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6447 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6448 if (ArgSize < 4) 6449 ArgSize = 4; 6450 break; 6451 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6452 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6453 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy)); 6454 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr); 6455 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy); 6456 ArgSize = 4; 6457 break; 6458 } 6459 6460 // Increment the VAList. 6461 if (ArgSize) { 6462 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize); 6463 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6464 } 6465 return Val; 6466 } 6467 6468 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6469 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6470 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6471 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6472 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6473 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6474 std::string StubEnc) { 6475 if (!ID) 6476 return; 6477 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6478 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 6479 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 6480 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 6481 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 6482 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 6483 E.State = Incomplete; 6484 ++IncompleteCount; 6485 } 6486 6487 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 6488 /// must be removed from the cache. 6489 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 6490 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 6491 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6492 if (!ID) 6493 return false; 6494 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6495 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 6496 Entry &E = I->second; 6497 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 6498 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 6499 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 6500 bool IsRecursive = false; 6501 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 6502 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 6503 IsRecursive = true; 6504 --IncompleteUsedCount; 6505 } 6506 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 6507 Map.erase(I); 6508 else { 6509 // Swap the Recursive back. 6510 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 6511 E.Swapped.clear(); 6512 E.State = Recursive; 6513 } 6514 --IncompleteCount; 6515 return IsRecursive; 6516 } 6517 6518 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 6519 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 6520 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6521 bool IsRecursive) { 6522 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 6523 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 6524 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6525 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 6526 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 6527 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 6528 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 6529 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 6530 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 6531 return; 6532 } 6533 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 6534 E.Str = Str.str(); 6535 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 6536 } 6537 6538 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 6539 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 6540 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 6541 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6542 if (!ID) 6543 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 6544 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6545 if (I == Map.end()) 6546 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 6547 Entry &E = I->second; 6548 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 6549 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 6550 6551 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 6552 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 6553 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 6554 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 6555 } 6556 return E.Str.c_str(); 6557 } 6558 6559 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 6560 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 6561 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 6562 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 6563 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 6564 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 6565 /// 6566 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 6567 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 6568 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf> 6569 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 6570 /// 6571 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6572 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 6573 6574 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 6575 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6576 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 6577 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6578 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 6579 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 6580 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals; 6581 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV)); 6582 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 6583 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 6584 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 6585 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 6586 } 6587 } 6588 6589 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6590 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6591 TypeStringCache &TSC); 6592 6593 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 6594 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order. 6595 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 6596 const RecordDecl *RD, 6597 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6598 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6599 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { 6600 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6601 Enc += "m("; 6602 Enc += Field->getName(); 6603 Enc += "){"; 6604 if (Field->isBitField()) { 6605 Enc += "b("; 6606 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 6607 OS.resync(); 6608 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 6609 OS.flush(); 6610 Enc += ':'; 6611 } 6612 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 6613 return false; 6614 if (Field->isBitField()) 6615 Enc += ')'; 6616 Enc += '}'; 6617 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc)); 6618 } 6619 return true; 6620 } 6621 6622 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 6623 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 6624 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 6625 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 6626 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6627 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6628 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6629 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6630 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6631 Enc += TypeString; 6632 return true; 6633 } 6634 6635 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 6636 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6637 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 6638 Enc += '('; 6639 if (ID) 6640 Enc += ID->getName(); 6641 Enc += "){"; 6642 6643 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 6644 bool IsRecursive = false; 6645 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 6646 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 6647 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 6648 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 6649 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 6650 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6651 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 6652 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 6653 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 6654 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 6655 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6656 return false; 6657 } 6658 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6659 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 6660 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 6661 if (RT->isUnionType()) 6662 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6663 // We can now complete the TypeString. 6664 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6665 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6666 if (I) 6667 Enc += ','; 6668 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6669 } 6670 } 6671 Enc += '}'; 6672 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 6673 return true; 6674 } 6675 6676 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 6677 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 6678 TypeStringCache &TSC, 6679 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6680 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6681 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6682 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6683 Enc += TypeString; 6684 return true; 6685 } 6686 6687 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6688 Enc += "e("; 6689 if (ID) 6690 Enc += ID->getName(); 6691 Enc += "){"; 6692 6693 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 6694 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 6695 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6696 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 6697 ++I) { 6698 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 6699 EnumEnc += "m("; 6700 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 6701 EnumEnc += "){"; 6702 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 6703 EnumEnc += '}'; 6704 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 6705 } 6706 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6707 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6708 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6709 if (I) 6710 Enc += ','; 6711 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6712 } 6713 } 6714 Enc += '}'; 6715 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 6716 return true; 6717 } 6718 6719 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 6720 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 6721 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 6722 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 6723 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 6724 int Lookup = 0; 6725 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 6726 Lookup += 1<<0; 6727 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 6728 Lookup += 1<<1; 6729 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 6730 Lookup += 1<<2; 6731 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 6732 } 6733 6734 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 6735 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 6736 const char *EncType; 6737 switch (BT->getKind()) { 6738 case BuiltinType::Void: 6739 EncType = "0"; 6740 break; 6741 case BuiltinType::Bool: 6742 EncType = "b"; 6743 break; 6744 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 6745 EncType = "uc"; 6746 break; 6747 case BuiltinType::UChar: 6748 EncType = "uc"; 6749 break; 6750 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6751 EncType = "sc"; 6752 break; 6753 case BuiltinType::UShort: 6754 EncType = "us"; 6755 break; 6756 case BuiltinType::Short: 6757 EncType = "ss"; 6758 break; 6759 case BuiltinType::UInt: 6760 EncType = "ui"; 6761 break; 6762 case BuiltinType::Int: 6763 EncType = "si"; 6764 break; 6765 case BuiltinType::ULong: 6766 EncType = "ul"; 6767 break; 6768 case BuiltinType::Long: 6769 EncType = "sl"; 6770 break; 6771 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 6772 EncType = "ull"; 6773 break; 6774 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6775 EncType = "sll"; 6776 break; 6777 case BuiltinType::Float: 6778 EncType = "ft"; 6779 break; 6780 case BuiltinType::Double: 6781 EncType = "d"; 6782 break; 6783 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 6784 EncType = "ld"; 6785 break; 6786 default: 6787 return false; 6788 } 6789 Enc += EncType; 6790 return true; 6791 } 6792 6793 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 6794 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 6795 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6796 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6797 Enc += "p("; 6798 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 6799 return false; 6800 Enc += ')'; 6801 return true; 6802 } 6803 6804 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 6805 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 6806 const ArrayType *AT, 6807 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6808 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 6809 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 6810 return false; 6811 Enc += "a("; 6812 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 6813 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 6814 else 6815 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 6816 Enc += ':'; 6817 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6818 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6819 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 6820 return false; 6821 Enc += ')'; 6822 return true; 6823 } 6824 6825 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 6826 /// and the arguments. 6827 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 6828 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6829 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6830 Enc += "f{"; 6831 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 6832 return false; 6833 Enc += "}("; 6834 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6835 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 6836 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 6837 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 6838 if (I != E) { 6839 do { 6840 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 6841 return false; 6842 ++I; 6843 if (I != E) 6844 Enc += ','; 6845 } while (I != E); 6846 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6847 Enc += ",va"; 6848 } else { 6849 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6850 Enc += "va"; 6851 else 6852 Enc += '0'; 6853 } 6854 } 6855 Enc += ')'; 6856 return true; 6857 } 6858 6859 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 6860 /// type encodings. 6861 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6862 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6863 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6864 6865 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 6866 6867 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 6868 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6869 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6870 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 6871 6872 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6873 6874 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 6875 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 6876 6877 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 6878 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 6879 6880 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 6881 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6882 6883 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 6884 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6885 6886 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 6887 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6888 6889 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 6890 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 6891 6892 return false; 6893 } 6894 6895 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6896 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6897 if (!D) 6898 return false; 6899 6900 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 6901 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6902 return false; 6903 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 6904 } 6905 6906 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 6907 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6908 return false; 6909 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 6910 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 6911 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 6912 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6913 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6914 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 6915 } 6916 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 6917 } 6918 return false; 6919 } 6920 6921 6922 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6923 // Driver code 6924 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6925 6926 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const { 6927 return getTarget().getTriple(); 6928 } 6929 6930 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const { 6931 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO(); 6932 } 6933 6934 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 6935 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 6936 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 6937 6938 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 6939 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 6940 default: 6941 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6942 6943 case llvm::Triple::le32: 6944 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6945 case llvm::Triple::mips: 6946 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 6947 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 6948 6949 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 6950 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 6951 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 6952 6953 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 6954 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { 6955 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 6956 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 6957 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 6958 6959 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6960 } 6961 6962 case llvm::Triple::arm: 6963 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 6964 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 6965 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 6966 { 6967 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 6968 TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6969 new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP); 6970 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 6971 } 6972 6973 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 6974 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu") 6975 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 6976 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 6977 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 6978 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 6979 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 6980 6981 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6982 } 6983 6984 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 6985 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6986 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 6987 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 6988 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6989 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2") 6990 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6991 6992 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6993 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6994 } else 6995 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6996 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 6997 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 6998 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6999 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1") 7000 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 7001 7002 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7003 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7004 } 7005 7006 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 7007 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 7008 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7009 7010 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 7011 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7012 7013 case llvm::Triple::systemz: 7014 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7015 7016 case llvm::Triple::tce: 7017 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7018 7019 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 7020 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 7021 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI = 7022 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 7023 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing(); 7024 7025 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 7026 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7027 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 7028 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 7029 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 7030 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 7031 } else { 7032 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7033 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 7034 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 7035 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 7036 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 7037 } 7038 } 7039 7040 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 7041 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; 7042 7043 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 7044 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 7045 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7046 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7047 case llvm::Triple::PS4: 7048 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7049 default: 7050 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7051 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7052 } 7053 } 7054 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 7055 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7056 case llvm::Triple::r600: 7057 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7058 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn: 7059 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7060 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 7061 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7062 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 7063 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7064 } 7065 } 7066